1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab *got_entries;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab *bfd2got;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info *next;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
150 struct mips_got_info *g;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info *info;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info *primary;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info *current;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info *g;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs;
192 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info *info;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
209 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection *call_fp_stub;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info *info;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
403 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
474 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *,
491 asection *, bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
501 bfd_vma *, asection *);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
506 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
783 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
792 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
799 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
823 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
824 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
826 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
827 ret->call_stub = NULL;
828 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
829 ret->forced_local = FALSE;
830 ret->is_branch_target = FALSE;
831 ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE;
832 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
841 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
844 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
846 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
849 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
866 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
867 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
869 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
870 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
874 swap->external_hdr_size))
877 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
878 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
899 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
900 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
901 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
903 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
907 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
917 if (debug->line != NULL)
919 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
920 free (debug->external_dnr);
921 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
922 free (debug->external_pdr);
923 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
924 free (debug->external_sym);
925 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
926 free (debug->external_opt);
927 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
928 free (debug->external_aux);
929 if (debug->ss != NULL)
931 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
933 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
934 free (debug->external_fdr);
935 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
936 free (debug->external_rfd);
937 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
938 free (debug->external_ext);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
964 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
968 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
970 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
972 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
973 struct sym_ext *esym;
978 unsigned long sindex;
982 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
992 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
996 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
998 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1005 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1006 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1010 size = sizeof (char *);
1011 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1015 count = hdr->isymMax;
1016 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1017 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1024 count = hdr->issMax;
1025 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1031 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1032 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1034 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1035 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1036 rp->adr = sym.value;
1037 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1038 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1039 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1040 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1041 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1042 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1043 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1045 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1046 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1050 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1051 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1052 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1062 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1064 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1065 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1066 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1067 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1070 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1071 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s->contents = rtproc;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1117 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1118 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1120 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1121 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1127 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1128 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1129 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1132 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1133 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1139 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1140 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1141 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1144 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1145 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1151 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1152 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1153 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1248 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1250 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
1256 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
1257 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1260 val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
1263 val = extend << 16 | insn;
1266 val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
1275 bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
1277 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
1281 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
1282 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
1286 insn = val & 0xffff;
1287 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn = val & 0xffff;
1298 insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
1299 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1307 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1317 relocation = symbol->value;
1319 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1320 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1322 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val = reloc_entry->addend;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1335 val += relocation - gp;
1337 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1339 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1341 + reloc_entry->address);
1342 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1346 reloc_entry->addend = val;
1349 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16 *next;
1363 asection *input_section;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1382 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
1383 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1386 struct mips_hi16 *n;
1388 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1391 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1395 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
1397 n->input_section = input_section;
1398 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
1401 if (output_bfd != NULL)
1402 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1413 void *data, asection *input_section,
1414 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1416 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1421 input_section, output_bfd,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1425 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
1434 void *data, asection *input_section,
1435 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
1438 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
1440 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1445 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
1452 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
1454 hi = mips_hi16_list;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
1462 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
1469 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
1471 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
1474 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1479 input_section, output_bfd,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
1489 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1490 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable;
1497 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
1499 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1510 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val += symbol->value;
1518 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1520 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
1521 val -= input_section->output_offset;
1522 val -= reloc_entry->address;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
1531 reloc_entry->addend += val;
1534 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val += reloc_entry->addend;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1542 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
1547 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
1552 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
1564 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1565 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
1594 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1595 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1596 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1597 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
1611 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1612 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1613 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1614 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1615 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1616 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
1641 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1642 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1643 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1644 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1645 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1646 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1647 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
1669 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1670 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1671 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1672 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
1679 Elf_External_Options *ex)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
1698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
1700 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
1704 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
1706 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
1711 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1714 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1715 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1718 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
1719 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
1721 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1722 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
1723 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
1724 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
1726 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
1728 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
1731 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
1733 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
1742 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1743 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1744 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1745 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1746 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1747 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1748 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1749 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1750 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1751 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1752 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1753 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1754 when generating a final executable. */
1757 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1759 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
1761 asection *sec, *output_section;
1763 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1764 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1766 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1768 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
1769 || h->root.ref_dynamic
1770 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
1771 && !h->root.def_regular
1772 && !h->root.ref_regular)
1774 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1775 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1776 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1777 h->root.root.root.string,
1778 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
1786 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1789 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1790 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1791 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1792 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1793 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1794 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1796 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1797 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1801 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1803 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1804 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1805 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1807 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1808 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1809 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1811 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1813 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1814 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1815 h->esym.asym.value =
1816 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1818 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
1820 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1821 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1822 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1825 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1827 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1828 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1829 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1834 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1835 output_section = sec->output_section;
1837 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1838 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1839 if (output_section == NULL)
1840 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1843 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1845 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1846 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1847 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1848 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1849 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1850 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1851 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1852 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1853 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1854 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1855 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1856 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1857 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1858 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1859 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1860 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1861 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1863 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1867 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1868 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1871 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1872 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1873 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1874 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1876 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1877 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1878 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1879 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1881 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1882 output_section = sec->output_section;
1883 if (output_section != NULL)
1884 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1885 + sec->output_offset
1886 + output_section->vma);
1888 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1890 else if (h->root.needs_plt)
1892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1893 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1895 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1897 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1898 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1903 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1904 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1905 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1907 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1910 output_section = sec->output_section;
1911 if (output_section != NULL)
1912 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1913 + sec->output_offset
1914 + output_section->vma);
1916 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1921 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1922 h->root.root.root.string,
1925 einfo->failed = TRUE;
1932 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1935 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
1937 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
1938 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
1940 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1943 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1945 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1948 static INLINE hashval_t
1949 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
1952 return addr + (addr >> 32);
1958 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1959 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1963 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1965 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
1967 return entry->symndx
1968 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
1969 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
1971 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
1972 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
1976 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1978 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
1979 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
1981 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1982 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
1985 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
1986 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
1987 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
1988 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
1991 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1992 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1993 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1997 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
1999 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2001 return entry->symndx
2003 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2004 : entry->symndx >= 0
2005 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2006 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2008 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2009 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2013 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2015 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2016 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2018 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2019 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2022 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2023 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2026 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2027 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2028 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2029 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2030 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2033 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2034 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2035 if creation fails. */
2038 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2044 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2045 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2046 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
2047 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2049 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2054 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2057 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2058 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2064 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2067 mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
2069 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2071 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
2076 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2077 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2080 static struct mips_got_info *
2081 mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
2084 struct mips_got_info *g;
2086 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
2087 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
2088 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
2089 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
2090 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2093 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
2098 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2099 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2103 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2104 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2108 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2109 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2111 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2112 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2115 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2117 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2118 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2124 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2131 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2134 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2140 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2141 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2144 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2146 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2147 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2149 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2150 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2155 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2156 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2159 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2161 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2162 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2163 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2165 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2167 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2173 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2174 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2177 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2179 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2180 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2181 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2183 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
2188 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2191 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
2197 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
2199 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
2201 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
2202 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
2204 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2206 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2207 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2209 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2212 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2213 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
2215 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
2216 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
2219 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2222 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
2223 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
2224 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2225 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2229 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
2230 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
2232 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2234 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2235 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
2240 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2242 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
2243 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
2244 indx = h->root.dynindx;
2247 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
2250 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2252 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
2253 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2256 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2257 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2258 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2259 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
2260 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
2262 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2263 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2265 /* General Dynamic. */
2266 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
2268 offset = got_offset;
2269 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2273 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2274 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2275 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2276 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2279 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2280 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2281 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
2282 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
2284 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2285 sgot->contents + offset2);
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2290 sgot->contents + offset);
2291 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
2292 sgot->contents + offset2);
2295 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2298 /* Initial Exec model. */
2299 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
2301 offset = got_offset;
2306 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
2307 sgot->contents + offset);
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2310 sgot->contents + offset);
2312 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2313 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2314 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
2315 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
2318 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
2319 sgot->contents + offset);
2322 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2324 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2325 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2326 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
2327 sgot->contents + got_offset
2328 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2331 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
2332 sgot->contents + got_offset);
2334 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2335 (abfd, sreloc, indx,
2336 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
2337 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
2340 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
2343 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2344 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2345 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2346 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2349 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
2350 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
2353 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
2356 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
2358 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
2360 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
2361 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2362 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
2367 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
2369 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
2373 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
2375 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
2382 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2383 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2384 will be negative. */
2387 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2388 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2390 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
2391 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2393 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2394 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
2396 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2397 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
2399 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2400 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
2401 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
2404 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2405 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
2406 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2407 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
2409 return got_address - got_value;
2412 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2413 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2414 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2415 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2416 offset can be found. */
2419 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2420 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value,
2421 unsigned long r_symndx,
2422 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
2425 struct mips_got_info *g;
2426 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2428 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2430 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2431 input_section, value,
2432 r_symndx, h, r_type);
2436 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2438 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
2439 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2440 hash table entry to track the index. */
2441 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
2442 r_type, info, h, value);
2444 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
2445 r_type, info, h, value);
2448 return entry->gotidx;
2451 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2454 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2455 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2459 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
2460 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
2462 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
2463 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
2465 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
2467 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
2469 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
2470 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2474 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
2477 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
2479 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
2481 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2483 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
2484 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2485 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2486 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
2487 value = (h->root.u.def.value
2488 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2489 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
2491 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
2492 info, e.d.h, value);
2499 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
2500 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
2502 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2505 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2506 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
2508 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2509 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2510 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
2511 value = (h->root.u.def.value
2512 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
2513 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
2515 index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
2516 r_type, info, hm, value);
2520 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2521 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2522 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2524 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
2525 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
2526 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
2528 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
2533 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2534 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2535 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2536 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2537 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2538 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2541 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2542 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
2545 struct mips_got_info *g;
2546 bfd_vma page, index;
2547 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2549 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2551 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
2552 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2553 input_section, page, 0,
2554 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
2559 index = entry->gotidx;
2562 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
2567 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2568 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2569 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2570 that has been forced local. */
2573 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2574 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value,
2575 bfd_boolean external)
2578 struct mips_got_info *g;
2579 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
2581 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2582 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2583 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2584 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2586 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
2588 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
2590 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
2591 input_section, value, 0,
2592 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
2594 return entry->gotidx;
2599 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2603 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
2604 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
2608 struct mips_got_info *g;
2610 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
2611 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
2612 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
2614 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
2617 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2618 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2619 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2622 static struct mips_got_entry *
2623 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2624 bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg,
2625 asection *sgot, asection *input_section,
2626 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
2627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2630 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2631 struct mips_got_info *g;
2632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2634 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
2638 entry.d.address = value;
2641 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
2644 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
2645 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2648 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2649 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2650 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2651 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2652 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local);
2653 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
2655 struct mips_got_entry *p;
2658 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
2660 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
2666 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
2672 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
2673 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
2679 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2684 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
2687 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2692 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2694 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
2696 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
2697 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2698 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2699 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2704 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
2705 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
2707 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2708 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2709 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2710 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2711 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2712 if (htab->is_vxworks)
2714 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
2715 asection *s, *output_section;
2717 bfd_vma got_address;
2720 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
2721 output_section = input_section->output_section;
2722 dynindx = elf_section_data (output_section)->dynindx;
2723 got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
2724 + sgot->output_offset
2727 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
2728 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
2729 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
2730 outrel.r_addend = value - output_section->vma;
2731 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
2737 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2738 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2739 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2740 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2741 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2742 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2745 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
2747 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
2748 struct mips_got_info *g;
2751 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2753 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
2756 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
2757 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
2758 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2759 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2760 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2761 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2762 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2763 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2764 too large offsets. */
2765 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
2766 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
2767 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
2768 elf_hash_table (info)),
2769 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
2772 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2773 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2774 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
2775 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
2776 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
2778 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2779 table index in the GOT. */
2780 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
2785 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2786 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2790 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2792 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
2794 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2795 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2797 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2799 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
2802 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2803 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2804 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2806 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
2808 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
2810 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
2811 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2812 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
2814 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
2815 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
2818 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
2820 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
2821 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2827 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2828 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2832 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2833 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
2834 struct mips_got_info *g,
2835 unsigned char tls_flag)
2837 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2839 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2841 if (h->dynindx == -1)
2843 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
2847 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
2850 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2854 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2855 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
2859 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2862 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
2865 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2866 need to do it again. */
2869 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2873 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2879 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2881 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2883 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
2886 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2887 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2888 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2895 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2896 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2899 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
2900 struct mips_got_info *g,
2901 unsigned char tls_flag)
2903 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
2906 entry.symndx = symndx;
2907 entry.d.addend = addend;
2908 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2909 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
2910 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
2914 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
2917 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2919 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
2922 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
2930 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
2931 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
2933 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
2935 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
2937 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
2943 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
2947 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
2952 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
2957 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2960 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2962 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
2963 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
2965 return entry->bfd->id;
2968 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2971 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2973 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
2974 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
2975 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
2976 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
2978 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
2981 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2982 be the master GOT data. */
2984 static struct mips_got_info *
2985 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
2987 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
2993 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
2994 return p ? p->g : NULL;
2997 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2998 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
3002 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
3004 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3005 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
3006 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
3007 struct mips_got_info *g;
3008 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
3011 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
3013 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
3014 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
3015 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
3021 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
3022 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
3032 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
3033 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
3034 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3041 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3042 g->global_gotno = 0;
3044 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
3046 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3047 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3048 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3049 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3050 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3060 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3061 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
3062 if (*entryp != NULL)
3067 if (entry->tls_type)
3069 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
3071 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
3074 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
3082 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3083 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3084 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3085 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3086 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3087 and then make make the new got current. */
3090 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
3092 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
3093 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
3094 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
3095 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
3096 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
3097 unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno;
3098 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
3099 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE;
3101 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3102 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3103 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3104 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3107 unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count;
3108 if (primary_total * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got->bfd)
3109 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg->info))
3110 too_many_for_tls = TRUE;
3113 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3114 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3115 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt
3116 && ! too_many_for_tls)
3118 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
3119 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
3121 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3122 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3123 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3124 else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls
3125 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt)
3127 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
3128 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
3129 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
3130 int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno;
3132 bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
3134 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
3135 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
3137 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
3140 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3141 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3142 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3145 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
3146 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
3147 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno);
3149 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
3150 + arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno;
3152 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3153 else if (arg->current
3154 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt)
3156 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
3157 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
3158 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
3159 int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno;
3161 bfd2got->g = arg->current;
3163 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
3164 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
3166 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
3169 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
3171 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
3172 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
3173 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno);
3175 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
3176 + arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno;
3178 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3179 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3180 overflows anyway. */
3183 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
3184 arg->current = bfd2got->g;
3186 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount;
3192 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3193 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3196 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
3198 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3199 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
3202 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3203 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
3206 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
3208 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
3210 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3211 hash table entry to track its index. */
3212 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
3214 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
3215 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
3219 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3221 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3222 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3223 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3224 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
3226 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
3229 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
3231 entry->gotidx = next_index;
3234 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3235 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
3236 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
3237 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
3238 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
3243 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3244 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3245 got) to the given VALUE.
3247 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3248 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3249 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3250 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3251 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3252 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3253 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3254 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3257 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
3259 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3260 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
3261 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
3262 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
3264 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
3265 arg->needed_relocs +=
3266 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
3267 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3269 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
3270 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1
3271 && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
3275 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
3277 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
3278 if (arg->info->shared
3279 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
3280 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
3281 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
3282 ++arg->needed_relocs;
3285 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
3291 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3292 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3294 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3296 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3298 if (entry->abfd != NULL
3299 && entry->symndx == -1
3300 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
3301 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
3306 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3307 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3308 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3309 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3310 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3311 the traversal must be restarted. */
3313 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
3315 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
3316 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
3318 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3320 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
3322 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3323 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3324 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3326 if (entry->d.h == h)
3331 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3332 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3333 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
3335 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
3336 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
3339 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3340 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3342 *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
3345 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3346 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3352 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3355 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
3361 got_entries = g->got_entries;
3363 htab_traverse (got_entries,
3364 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
3367 while (got_entries == NULL);
3370 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3373 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
3375 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
3378 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3382 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
3386 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
3387 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3390 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3391 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3394 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3395 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
3396 bfd_size_type pages)
3398 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
3399 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
3400 struct mips_got_info *gg;
3401 unsigned int assign;
3403 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
3404 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
3405 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
3408 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
3409 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
3410 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
3412 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3413 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3414 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
3415 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
3418 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
3419 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
3420 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3421 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3422 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3423 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
3424 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
3425 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info) - pages);
3426 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3427 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3429 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
3431 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3432 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3433 to be the primary GOT. */
3434 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
3435 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
3438 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3439 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
3441 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
3442 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3443 if (g->next == NULL)
3446 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
3447 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
3448 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
3449 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
3450 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
3451 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
3452 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3453 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
3454 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
3456 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
3458 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
3461 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
3462 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
3464 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3468 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3469 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3470 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3471 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3474 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
3477 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
3478 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
3485 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
3487 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
3491 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3492 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3493 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3496 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3497 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3498 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3499 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3500 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3501 follows IRIX's practice.
3503 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3504 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3505 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3506 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3510 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
3511 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
3512 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
3516 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3517 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3518 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3519 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3520 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3521 their entries can be omitted. */
3522 gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
3523 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
3526 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3527 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3528 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
3529 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
3530 &set_got_offset_arg);
3531 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
3532 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
3533 &set_got_offset_arg);
3534 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
3537 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3538 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3539 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3540 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3541 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3542 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3543 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3544 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3545 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3546 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3547 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3548 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3549 points back to the master GOT. */
3550 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
3551 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
3558 struct mips_got_info *gn;
3560 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3561 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
3562 g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
3563 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
3565 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3566 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3567 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3572 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3573 all non-TLS entries. */
3574 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
3575 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
3577 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3580 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3583 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
3587 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
3588 + gg->next->global_gotno
3589 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3595 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3596 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3598 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
3599 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
3600 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3601 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
3603 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
3605 while (relocation < relend)
3607 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
3608 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
3614 /* We didn't find it. */
3615 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3619 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3622 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
3623 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3624 asection **local_sections,
3625 bfd_boolean check_forced)
3627 unsigned long r_symndx;
3628 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3629 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3632 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3633 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3634 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3636 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
3638 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
3643 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3644 was forced local. */
3645 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3646 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
3647 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3648 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3649 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3650 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3651 if (h->root.forced_local)
3658 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3661 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
3663 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
3664 /* VALUE is negative. */
3665 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
3670 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3671 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3675 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
3677 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
3679 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
3680 /* The value is too big. */
3682 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
3683 /* The value is too small. */
3690 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3693 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
3695 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3698 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3701 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3704 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3711 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3714 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3717 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3724 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3727 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3728 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3731 register asection *s;
3733 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
3735 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3738 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
3740 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
3741 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
3744 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
3750 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3753 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3754 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
3757 register asection *s;
3758 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3759 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
3760 struct mips_got_info *g;
3762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3764 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3766 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3767 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
3770 if (! maybe_exclude)
3771 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
3775 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3776 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3779 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3781 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3782 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3783 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
3785 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
3788 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3789 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3790 are not creating a global offset table. */
3792 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3793 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
3794 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
3797 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3800 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3801 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
3804 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3807 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
3808 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3811 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
3812 g->global_gotno = 0;
3814 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3815 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
3818 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
3819 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3820 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3821 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3823 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
3824 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
3825 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3827 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3828 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3830 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
3831 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3832 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3833 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
3841 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3842 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3843 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3846 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3848 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
3850 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3851 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3854 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3855 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3856 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3858 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3859 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3860 relocation must be JALX.
3862 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3863 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3864 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3865 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3867 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3868 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
3869 asection *input_section,
3870 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3871 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
3872 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
3873 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3874 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
3875 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
3876 bfd_boolean save_addend)
3878 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3880 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3883 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3884 shared object file being produced. */
3885 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
3886 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3889 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3890 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
3891 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3892 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3893 during execution. */
3894 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
3895 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3897 asection *sec = NULL;
3898 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
3899 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3901 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
3902 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3903 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
3904 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3905 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3906 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
3907 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3909 unsigned long r_symndx;
3911 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3912 relocation value. */
3913 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
3914 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3915 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
3916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3919 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3920 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3922 /* Parse the relocation. */
3923 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3924 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
3925 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
3926 + input_section->output_offset
3927 + relocation->r_offset);
3929 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3930 overflowed_p = FALSE;
3932 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3933 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3934 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3935 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
3936 local_sections, FALSE);
3937 was_local_p = local_p;
3938 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
3939 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3942 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3943 must come before globals. */
3947 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3950 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3952 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3953 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3955 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3956 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
3957 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
3958 symbol += sym->st_value;
3959 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3960 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3962 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
3964 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
3967 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3968 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3971 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3972 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3973 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3976 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3978 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
3982 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3984 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3985 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
3986 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
3987 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3988 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3989 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3990 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3992 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3993 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
3995 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3996 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3997 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
3998 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
4000 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4001 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
4002 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
4003 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
4004 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4008 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4009 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4010 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4011 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
4014 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4015 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4016 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4018 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4019 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4020 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
4022 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4023 if (sec->output_section)
4024 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
4025 + sec->output_section->vma
4026 + sec->output_offset);
4028 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
4030 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4031 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4032 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4033 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4036 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4037 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4039 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
4040 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4042 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4043 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4044 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4045 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4046 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4048 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
4049 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
4052 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
4054 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4055 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4056 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4057 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4058 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4059 which is available from here:
4060 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4065 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4066 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
4067 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
4068 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
4069 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
4070 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
4074 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
4077 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4078 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4080 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
4081 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
4082 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
4083 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
4084 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
4086 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4087 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4090 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
4093 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
4097 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4098 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4099 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
4101 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4102 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4103 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
4105 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
4106 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4108 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4109 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4111 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
4116 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4118 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
4121 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
4128 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
4131 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
4133 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
4134 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
4137 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4138 special jalx instruction. */
4139 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
4140 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4141 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
4143 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4144 local_sections, TRUE);
4146 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4147 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4150 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
4151 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
4152 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4154 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
4155 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
4161 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4162 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4163 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4164 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4165 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4167 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
4168 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
4169 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4170 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
4172 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
4173 sec, 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
4175 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4179 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4180 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4181 if (htab->is_vxworks
4182 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4183 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4184 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16))
4186 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
4187 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
4188 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
4192 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4193 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4194 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4196 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
4197 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
4198 &h->root, r_type, info);
4199 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
4200 && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
4202 && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
4203 && h->root.def_regular)))
4205 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4206 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4207 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4208 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
4209 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
4213 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
4214 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)))
4215 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4219 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec,
4220 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
4222 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4225 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4226 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g);
4231 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
4232 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
4233 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
4236 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
4237 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
4238 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
4240 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL),
4251 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4252 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4253 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
4255 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4259 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4260 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4262 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4263 + input_section->output_offset
4264 + relocation->r_offset);
4265 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
4266 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4267 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
4269 return bfd_reloc_ok;
4272 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4276 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4279 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
4280 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4287 || (!htab->is_vxworks
4288 && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
4290 && h->root.def_dynamic
4291 && !h->root.def_regular))
4293 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4295 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4296 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4297 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4298 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4301 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4302 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4303 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4305 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
4313 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
4317 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
4318 value = symbol + addend;
4322 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4326 value = symbol + addend - p;
4327 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4331 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4332 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4333 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4334 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4335 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4338 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
4341 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
4342 if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4343 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
4345 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4348 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
4349 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
4353 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
4354 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
4357 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
4358 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
4362 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
4363 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
4370 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
4371 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4375 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4376 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4377 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4381 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4382 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4383 both reloc addends by 4. */
4384 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
4385 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
4387 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
4388 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4395 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
4398 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4399 for this conditional. */
4400 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
4401 value = addend + gp - p;
4403 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
4404 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4405 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4406 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4407 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4410 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4411 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4414 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4415 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4416 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4417 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4418 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4419 not check for overflow here. */
4423 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
4424 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4425 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4426 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4431 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
4432 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4433 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4434 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4435 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4436 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
4437 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4438 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4439 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4440 if (howto->partial_inplace)
4441 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
4442 value = symbol + addend - gp;
4443 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4444 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4445 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4446 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4450 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4455 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4456 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4457 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
4461 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
4462 local_sections, FALSE);
4463 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec,
4464 symbol + addend, forced);
4465 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
4466 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4468 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
4469 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4476 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
4477 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
4478 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4481 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4484 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
4485 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
4487 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4491 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
4492 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
4493 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
4494 value >>= howto->rightshift;
4495 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4498 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4499 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4500 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4501 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4502 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4504 value = mips_elf_high (value);
4505 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4508 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4509 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4510 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
4513 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
4514 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4515 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4519 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec,
4520 symbol + addend, NULL);
4521 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
4522 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
4523 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
4524 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4527 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
4529 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec,
4530 symbol + addend, &value);
4533 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
4537 value = symbol - addend;
4538 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4542 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
4543 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4546 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
4547 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
4548 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4551 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
4552 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
4553 value &= howto->dst_mask;
4557 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4558 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4559 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4560 if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4561 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4562 value = symbol + addend;
4566 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4567 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
4568 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4569 return bfd_reloc_continue;
4572 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4573 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
4576 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4578 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
4581 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4584 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
4585 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4586 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
4589 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
4591 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4592 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
4597 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4598 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4599 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4600 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4601 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4602 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4604 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4607 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4608 reloc_howto_type *howto,
4609 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4610 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
4611 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
4612 bfd_boolean require_jalx)
4616 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4618 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4619 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
4621 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
4623 /* Obtain the current value. */
4624 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
4626 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4627 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
4629 /* Set the field. */
4630 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
4632 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4636 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
4637 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
4639 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4640 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
4642 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
4647 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
4651 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4654 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4655 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4658 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
4659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4663 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4664 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
4667 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4668 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4669 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4670 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4671 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4672 && !info->relocatable
4674 && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4675 || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4681 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
4682 + input_section->output_offset
4683 + relocation->r_offset
4685 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
4686 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
4690 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
4691 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4694 /* Put the value into the output. */
4695 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
4697 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
4703 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4706 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
4708 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
4710 return (CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
4711 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
4712 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB));
4715 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4718 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4722 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4724 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4725 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4726 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4728 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4729 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4734 /* Make room for a null element. */
4735 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4738 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4742 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4743 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4744 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4745 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4748 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
4749 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4750 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4751 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4752 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
4753 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
4755 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
4760 bfd_boolean defined_p;
4761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4763 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4764 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
4765 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4766 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
4768 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
4769 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
4772 outrel[0].r_offset =
4773 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
4774 outrel[1].r_offset =
4775 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
4776 outrel[2].r_offset =
4777 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
4779 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
4780 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4783 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
4785 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4786 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4787 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4792 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4793 in the relocation. */
4795 && (!h->root.def_regular
4796 || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local)))
4798 indx = h->root.dynindx;
4799 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4800 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
4802 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4803 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4804 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4805 undefined symbols. */
4810 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
4812 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
4814 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4819 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4822 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
4823 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
4829 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4830 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4831 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4832 local symbols because we used to generate them
4833 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4834 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4835 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4836 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4837 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4838 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4840 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4841 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4842 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4843 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4844 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4849 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4850 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4851 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4852 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4853 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
4856 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4857 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4858 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
4860 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4861 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4862 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
4865 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4866 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4867 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4868 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4869 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4870 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4871 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4872 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4873 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4874 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4875 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4876 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4877 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
4878 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
4881 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
4883 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4884 correct location in the output file. */
4885 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4886 + input_section->output_offset);
4887 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4888 + input_section->output_offset);
4889 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4890 + input_section->output_offset);
4892 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4893 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4894 relocation format is non-standard. */
4895 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
4897 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
4898 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4900 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
4902 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
4904 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4905 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
4906 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4907 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4909 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
4912 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4913 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
4914 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
4916 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4917 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
4919 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4920 will be writing to it. */
4921 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
4924 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4925 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
4927 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
4932 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
4934 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
4935 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
4936 + input_section->output_section->vma
4937 + input_section->output_offset);
4938 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
4939 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
4941 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
4942 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
4943 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
4945 cr = (scpt->contents
4946 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
4947 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
4948 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
4949 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
4950 + scpt->reloc_count));
4951 ++scpt->reloc_count;
4955 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4956 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4958 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
4959 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4964 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4967 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
4969 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
4971 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
4972 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
4974 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
4975 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
4977 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
4978 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
4980 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
4981 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
4983 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
4984 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
4986 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
4987 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
4989 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
4990 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
4992 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
4993 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
4995 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
4996 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
4998 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
4999 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
5002 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
5006 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
5009 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
5012 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
5015 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
5018 return bfd_mach_mips5;
5020 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
5021 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
5023 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
5024 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
5026 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
5027 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
5029 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
5030 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
5037 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5039 static INLINE char *
5040 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
5044 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
5045 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
5048 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
5050 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
5054 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
5056 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
5058 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
5060 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
5063 return "unknown abi";
5067 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5068 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5069 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5070 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5071 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5072 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
5073 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5074 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
5076 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5077 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5078 definition in a shared library. */
5079 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
5080 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5081 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
5083 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5084 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5087 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
5089 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
5091 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
5092 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
5094 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
5095 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5096 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5097 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5098 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5099 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5100 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
5102 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5103 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
5104 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
5105 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5106 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5107 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
5108 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
5109 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
5110 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5111 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
5113 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
5117 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5118 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5119 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
5120 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
5121 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
5124 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
5125 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
5127 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5128 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
5129 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
5130 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5131 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5132 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
5133 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
5134 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
5135 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5136 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
5138 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
5139 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
5142 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
5143 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5148 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
5150 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
5151 if (section != NULL)
5153 asym->section = section;
5154 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5155 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5156 base address to make it an offset. */
5157 asym->value -= section->vma;
5164 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
5166 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
5167 if (section != NULL)
5169 asym->section = section;
5170 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5171 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5172 base address to make it an offset. */
5173 asym->value -= section->vma;
5180 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5181 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5183 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5184 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5185 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5186 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5187 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5189 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5190 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5191 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5192 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5194 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5195 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5196 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5197 We therefore take the following approach:
5199 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5200 determine the pointer size.
5202 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5203 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5207 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5208 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5209 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5210 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5211 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5213 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5214 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5218 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
5220 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
5222 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
5224 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
5226 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5227 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5228 if (long32_p && long64_p)
5235 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
5236 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
5237 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
5246 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5247 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5248 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5250 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5251 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5254 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5255 will jump there rather than to .text.
5257 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5258 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5261 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
5263 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
5266 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5267 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5268 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5272 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
5274 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5275 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
5279 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
5280 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
5283 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
5286 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5287 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
5291 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5292 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5293 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
5294 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
5296 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
5298 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5299 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5300 so that we don't have to read them again.
5301 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5302 through the section contents to see if there is an
5303 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5305 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
5307 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
5308 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
5310 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
5312 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
5314 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
5316 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5317 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5318 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
5321 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5328 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
5329 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
5332 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5333 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
5336 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5343 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
5344 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
5347 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
5348 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
5355 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
5357 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
5359 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
5360 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
5361 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
5363 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5364 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5366 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
5368 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5369 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
5371 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
5373 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5374 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5376 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5379 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
5381 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
5383 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
5385 unsigned int adjust;
5387 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
5389 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
5397 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5398 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5399 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5401 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5405 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
5406 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
5412 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5413 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5414 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5415 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5416 probably get away with this. */
5417 switch (hdr->sh_type)
5419 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
5420 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
5424 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
5427 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
5428 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
5431 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
5432 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
5435 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
5436 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
5439 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
5440 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
5442 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
5444 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
5445 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
5446 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
5448 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
5450 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
5451 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5454 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
5455 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
5458 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
5459 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
5462 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
5463 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
5466 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
5467 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5470 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
5471 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
5472 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
5484 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
5485 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
5491 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5493 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5494 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5495 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5496 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5497 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
5499 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
5502 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
5503 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
5505 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
5506 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
5509 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5510 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5511 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5512 they should agree. */
5513 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
5515 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
5517 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
5518 if (contents == NULL)
5520 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
5527 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
5528 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
5530 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
5532 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
5534 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
5536 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5537 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5538 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
5541 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5543 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
5545 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5547 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
5548 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
5550 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
5552 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
5554 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
5556 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5558 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
5559 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
5561 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
5571 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5572 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5573 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5576 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
5578 register const char *name;
5579 unsigned int sh_type;
5581 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
5582 sh_type = hdr->sh_type;
5584 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
5586 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
5587 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
5588 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5590 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
5591 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
5592 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
5594 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
5595 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
5596 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5598 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
5599 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
5600 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
5602 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
5603 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5604 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5605 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5606 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
5608 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5610 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
5612 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
5613 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5614 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5615 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5617 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5618 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
5620 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5623 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
5625 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5626 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
5627 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
5628 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
5630 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
5631 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
5633 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5634 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
5637 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
5638 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
5639 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
5640 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
5641 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
5642 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
5643 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5644 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5646 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
5647 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5649 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
5651 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
5652 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5653 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5655 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
5657 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
5658 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
5659 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5661 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
5662 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
5663 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5665 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
5666 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5667 final_write_processing. */
5669 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
5670 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5672 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
5673 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
5674 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5676 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
5678 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
5679 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
5680 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
5683 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5684 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5685 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5686 if (sec->size > 0 && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5687 hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
5689 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5690 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5691 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5692 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5693 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5698 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5699 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5700 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5701 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5702 the .scommon section. */
5705 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5706 asection *sec, int *retval)
5708 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
5710 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
5713 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
5715 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
5721 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5722 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5725 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5726 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
5727 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5728 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
5730 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5731 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
5732 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5734 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5739 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5740 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5741 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5742 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5743 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5744 is not done for them. */
5746 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5747 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5753 switch (sym->st_shndx)
5756 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5757 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5758 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
5759 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
5760 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
5763 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
5764 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
5765 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
5766 *valp = sym->st_size;
5770 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5771 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
5773 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
5774 asection *elf_text_section;
5775 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
5777 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5778 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
5781 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
5782 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5783 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
5786 /* Initialize the section. */
5788 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
5789 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
5791 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
5792 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
5794 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
5795 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
5796 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
5797 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
5798 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
5799 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
5800 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
5802 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5803 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5804 so I took it out. */
5805 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
5808 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
5809 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5811 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5812 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
5814 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
5815 asection *elf_data_section;
5816 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
5818 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5819 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
5822 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
5823 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5824 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
5827 /* Initialize the section. */
5829 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
5830 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
5832 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
5833 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
5835 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
5836 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
5837 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
5838 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
5839 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
5840 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
5841 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
5843 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5844 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5845 so I took it out. */
5846 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
5849 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
5850 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5854 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
5856 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
5857 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5859 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5860 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5862 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5864 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5865 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
5866 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5869 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5872 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5874 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5877 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
5880 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5881 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5882 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5883 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
5889 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5890 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5891 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5894 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5895 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5896 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
5897 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5899 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5900 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5901 common in the output file. */
5902 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
5903 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
5904 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
5906 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
5907 sym->st_value &= ~1;
5912 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5914 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5917 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5919 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5920 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5922 register asection *s;
5923 const char * const *namep;
5924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5926 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5927 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5928 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
5930 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5932 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
5934 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
5937 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
5942 /* We need to create .got section. */
5943 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
5946 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
5949 /* Create .stub section. */
5950 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
5951 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
5953 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
5954 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
5957 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5958 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5962 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
5964 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
5966 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
5967 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
5969 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5970 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5974 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5975 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5976 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5977 the linker takes such action. */
5978 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
5980 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
5983 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5984 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
5985 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5988 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5991 h->type = STT_SECTION;
5993 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5997 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5998 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6000 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
6004 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6005 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
6007 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6008 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
6010 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6011 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6014 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
6016 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
6019 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
6026 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6028 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6029 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
6030 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6033 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6036 h->type = STT_SECTION;
6038 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6041 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
6043 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6044 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6045 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6046 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6047 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
6048 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6050 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6052 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6053 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
6054 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
6057 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
6060 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
6062 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
6067 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6069 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6070 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6071 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
6074 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6075 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
6076 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
6077 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
6078 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
6080 || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
6085 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6086 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
6089 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6092 htab->plt_header_size
6093 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
6094 htab->plt_entry_size
6095 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
6099 htab->plt_header_size
6100 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
6101 htab->plt_entry_size
6102 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
6109 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6110 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6113 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6114 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6118 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6119 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6120 struct mips_got_info *g;
6122 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6123 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6126 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6127 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6129 if (info->relocatable)
6132 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6133 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6134 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6135 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6136 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6138 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6140 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6141 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB))
6143 unsigned long r_symndx;
6145 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6148 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
6150 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
6151 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
6155 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6156 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6157 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6158 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6160 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
6161 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
6163 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6164 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
6165 || o->reloc_count == 0
6166 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB)
6167 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB)
6168 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB))
6172 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
6174 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
6177 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
6178 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
6179 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
6180 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
6183 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
6192 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6193 not need it. Since this function is called before
6194 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6195 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6197 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6201 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6203 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
6205 unsigned long symcount;
6209 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
6210 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
6212 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6213 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
6214 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6217 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
6220 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
6222 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6223 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6224 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6225 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6231 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6232 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6234 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6235 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6236 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
6238 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6241 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
6244 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
6245 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB))
6247 unsigned long r_symndx;
6248 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6251 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6254 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
6256 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
6257 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
6259 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6260 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6261 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6262 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6263 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6264 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6265 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6269 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6270 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6272 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6274 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB))
6275 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
6277 loc = &h->call_stub;
6279 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6280 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6281 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6282 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6283 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6284 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6285 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6286 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6287 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
6289 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
6294 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
6304 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
6309 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
6310 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
6311 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
6316 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6317 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6318 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
6320 unsigned long r_symndx;
6321 unsigned int r_type;
6322 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6324 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
6325 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
6327 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
6329 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
6331 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6332 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6334 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6339 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
6341 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6344 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
6345 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6349 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6350 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
6356 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6357 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6358 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6359 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6360 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6361 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6362 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6363 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6365 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6367 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6368 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
6370 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
6371 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
6373 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6374 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6375 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
6376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6384 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6385 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6386 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6388 && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
6389 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6390 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6400 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE;
6402 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6403 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6404 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6405 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
6409 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
6413 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
6416 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6417 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6418 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6419 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks))
6421 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6422 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6423 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6424 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6425 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6426 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6427 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6428 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6429 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
6430 rel->r_addend, g, 0))
6439 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6440 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6441 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
6442 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6447 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6448 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6451 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6452 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6453 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6454 if (!htab->is_vxworks
6455 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6458 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6459 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6460 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6466 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6467 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6468 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6473 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
6474 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6476 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6477 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6478 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6479 hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
6481 if (hmips->root.def_regular
6482 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
6483 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
6489 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6490 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6491 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6492 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6496 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6498 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6501 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6502 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
6510 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6511 for TLS GD relocations. */
6513 unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6515 : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
6521 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6522 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
6524 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag))
6529 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
6531 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
6532 rel->r_addend, g, flag))
6541 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6542 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6543 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6544 if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
6545 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6549 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
6555 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6556 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6557 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6558 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
6559 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
6560 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6561 relocations against the text segment. */
6562 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
6568 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6569 defined in a dynamic object. */
6570 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6571 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
6572 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
6573 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6574 are relocations against the text segment. */
6575 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
6578 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6579 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6580 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6581 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6582 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6583 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6584 if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
6587 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
6588 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
6590 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
6591 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
6596 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6597 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
6598 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
6603 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
6608 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
6611 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
6612 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
6613 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
6614 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6615 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
6616 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
6619 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6620 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6621 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6622 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6626 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6627 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6628 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6629 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6637 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6638 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6639 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6640 a normal .got entry. */
6641 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
6645 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
6648 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6649 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6654 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6655 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6656 References from a stub section do not count. */
6658 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
6659 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB)
6660 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB)
6661 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB))
6663 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
6665 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6666 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
6674 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
6675 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6678 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
6679 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
6680 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6681 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6683 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
6684 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
6685 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6687 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6690 if (link_info->relocatable)
6693 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
6694 link_info->keep_memory);
6695 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6698 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
6699 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
6700 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6701 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6703 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6706 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
6707 unsigned int r_type;
6708 unsigned long r_symndx;
6710 unsigned long instruction;
6712 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6713 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6714 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6715 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
6716 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
6719 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
6720 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6721 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
6723 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
6724 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
6725 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
6727 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6728 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6729 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
6731 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6733 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6734 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6735 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
6736 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
6737 && !h->root.forced_local))
6740 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
6741 if (sym_sec->output_section)
6742 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
6743 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
6744 + sym_sec->output_offset);
6746 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
6750 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6752 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6753 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
6755 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
6756 if (isymbuf == NULL)
6757 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
6758 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
6760 if (isymbuf == NULL)
6764 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
6765 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
6767 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6768 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6769 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
6770 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
6773 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6774 symval = isym->st_value
6775 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
6776 + sym_sec->output_offset;
6779 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6781 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
6782 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
6784 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6785 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
6790 /* Check that it's in range. */
6791 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
6794 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6795 if (contents == NULL)
6797 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6798 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6799 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
6802 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
6807 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
6809 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6810 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6811 instruction = 0x04110000;
6812 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6813 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6814 instruction = 0x10000000;
6818 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
6819 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
6820 changed_contents = TRUE;
6823 if (contents != NULL
6824 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6826 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
6830 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6831 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6837 if (contents != NULL
6838 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6843 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6844 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6845 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6846 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6850 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6851 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6854 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
6856 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6858 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6859 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6861 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6862 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
6864 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
6867 && !h->def_regular)));
6869 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6870 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6872 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6873 if (! info->relocatable
6874 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
6875 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6876 || !h->def_regular))
6878 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6879 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
6880 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
6881 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6882 against the text segment. */
6883 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6886 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6887 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
6890 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6893 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6894 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6895 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6896 executable and the shared library. */
6897 if (!h->def_regular)
6899 /* We need .stub section. */
6900 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
6901 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
6902 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6904 h->root.u.def.section = s;
6905 h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
6907 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6908 h->plt.offset = s->size;
6910 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6911 s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
6913 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6914 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6918 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
6921 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6922 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6923 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
6927 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6928 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6929 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6930 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
6932 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6933 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
6934 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
6935 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
6939 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6940 is not a function. */
6945 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6948 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6949 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6952 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
6953 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6954 unsigned int power_of_two;
6956 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6957 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6958 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6960 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6961 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
6964 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
6967 && !h->def_regular)));
6969 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6970 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6971 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6972 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6974 if ((hmips->is_branch_target
6976 && h->type == STT_FUNC
6977 && hmips->is_relocation_target))
6981 && !h->forced_local)
6984 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6985 the functions directly. */
6986 else if (h->needs_plt
6987 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
6988 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
6989 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
6997 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6998 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6999 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
7001 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
7003 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7006 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
7007 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
7008 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
7010 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
7011 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
7012 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
7013 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7014 if (!h->def_regular)
7016 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
7017 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
7019 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
7022 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7023 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
7024 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7026 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7028 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7033 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7034 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7035 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
7040 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
7044 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7045 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7046 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7047 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
7049 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7050 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
7051 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
7052 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
7056 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7057 is not a function. */
7061 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7062 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7063 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7064 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7065 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7066 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7067 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7068 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7069 same memory location for the variable. */
7071 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7073 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7077 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7078 power_of_two = bfd_log2 (h->size);
7079 if (power_of_two > 4)
7082 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7083 htab->sdynbss->size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->sdynbss->size,
7084 (bfd_size_type) 1 << power_of_two);
7085 if (power_of_two > bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss)
7086 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss, power_of_two))
7089 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7090 h->root.u.def.section = htab->sdynbss;
7091 h->root.u.def.value = htab->sdynbss->size;
7093 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7094 htab->sdynbss->size += h->size;
7099 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7100 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7101 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7102 the current linking stage. */
7104 static bfd_size_type
7105 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7107 bfd_size_type count;
7110 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
7113 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7115 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
7116 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
7117 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7118 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
7119 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
7125 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7126 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7127 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7130 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
7131 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7137 struct mips_got_info *g;
7139 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
7140 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
7141 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
7143 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
7144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7146 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7148 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7149 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
7151 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
7153 if (! (info->relocatable
7154 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
7155 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
7156 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
7158 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7160 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7163 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
7167 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7168 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7170 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
7172 asection *subsection;
7174 for (subsection = sub->sections;
7176 subsection = subsection->next)
7178 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7180 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
7181 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
7185 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7186 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7187 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7188 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7190 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
7193 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
7194 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
7196 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7197 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7200 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7201 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7202 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7204 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
7205 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
7207 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7208 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
7209 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7210 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
7212 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7213 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7215 loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1);
7217 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7218 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7219 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7220 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7223 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7224 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7225 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
7227 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
7228 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7230 g->global_gotno = i;
7231 s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7233 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7234 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7235 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7236 count_tls_arg.info = info;
7237 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
7238 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
7239 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
7241 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
7242 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7244 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
7246 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7247 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7249 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
7251 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
7256 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7257 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
7258 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
7264 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7267 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
7268 struct bfd_link_info *info)
7271 asection *s, *sreldyn;
7272 bfd_boolean reltext;
7273 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7275 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7276 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7277 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
7279 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
7281 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7282 if (info->executable)
7284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
7285 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7287 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
7289 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
7293 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7294 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7298 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7302 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7303 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7304 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
7306 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
7309 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
7313 const char *outname;
7316 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7317 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7318 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7319 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7320 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7322 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
7324 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
7326 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
7327 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7328 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
7331 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7332 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7333 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
7336 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7337 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7338 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7339 will move them around between input sections'
7340 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7341 broken, so don't let it run. */
7342 info->combreloc = 0;
7345 else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0)
7347 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7350 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7351 struct mips_got_info *g;
7354 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
7355 count = (g->global_gotno
7357 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
7358 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
7361 else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got"))
7363 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7364 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7365 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7367 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
7368 struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
7369 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
7370 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
7374 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
7375 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
7377 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7378 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7379 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7380 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
7381 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
7383 unsigned int save_assign;
7385 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
7387 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7388 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
7389 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
7390 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
7391 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
7392 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
7393 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
7394 &set_got_offset_arg);
7395 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
7396 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
7397 <= g->global_gotno);
7399 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
7402 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
7403 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
7404 + g->next->global_gotno
7405 + g->next->tls_gotno
7406 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
7412 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
7416 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs,
7418 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
7419 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
7422 needed_relocs += arg.needed;
7426 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
7429 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
7431 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7432 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7433 s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
7435 else if (! info->shared
7436 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7437 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
7439 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7440 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7443 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
7444 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
7445 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
7446 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
7447 && s != htab->sgotplt
7450 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7456 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7460 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
7463 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7465 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
7471 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7472 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
7473 if (s->contents == NULL)
7475 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
7480 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7481 if (sreldyn != NULL)
7483 sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size);
7484 if (sreldyn->contents == NULL)
7486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
7491 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
7493 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7494 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7495 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7496 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7497 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7498 if (info->executable)
7500 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7501 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7502 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
7504 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
7506 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
7511 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
7512 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7514 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
7516 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
7519 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7520 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7521 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7522 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7523 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
7526 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
7529 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7531 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7532 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7533 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
7535 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
7538 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
7541 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
7544 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
7546 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
7549 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
7552 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
7558 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
7560 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
7563 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
7566 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
7570 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
7573 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
7576 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
7579 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
7582 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
7585 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
7588 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
7591 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
7592 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
7595 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
7596 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7597 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
7598 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
7606 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7607 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7608 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7609 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7612 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7613 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
7614 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7616 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
7617 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7620 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
7622 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7623 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
7624 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
7625 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
7626 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
7628 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
7629 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
7632 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7633 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7635 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7636 if (!info->relocatable)
7638 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7639 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7642 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7643 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
7644 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
7648 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7651 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7652 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
7653 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7654 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
7655 asection **local_sections)
7657 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7658 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7660 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
7661 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7663 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
7664 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7665 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
7669 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7670 bfd_boolean require_jalx;
7671 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7673 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
7674 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
7677 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7678 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
7680 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7681 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7682 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7683 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7684 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7685 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7686 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
7688 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7690 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7694 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7695 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
7696 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
7697 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7698 (input_bfd, input_section,
7701 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
7703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7705 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7706 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7707 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7708 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7709 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7710 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7711 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
7712 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7713 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
7714 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
7715 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
7717 bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7719 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7720 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
7722 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7723 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
7725 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
7727 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
7730 addend &= howto->src_mask;
7732 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7733 combination of the addend stored in two different
7735 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
7736 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
7737 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
7738 local_sections, FALSE)))
7741 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7742 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7743 bfd_byte *lo16_location;
7746 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
7747 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7749 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7751 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7752 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7753 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7754 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7757 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7759 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7760 relocation must be immediately following.
7761 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7762 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7763 several relocations for the same address. In
7764 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7765 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7766 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7767 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd,
7770 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7773 lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset;
7775 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7776 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd,
7778 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
7780 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
7781 input_bfd, contents);
7782 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
7784 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
7785 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7786 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7790 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7794 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
7797 addend = rel->r_addend;
7798 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
7799 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
7802 if (info->relocatable)
7804 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
7805 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7808 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
7810 addend += rel->r_addend;
7811 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
7812 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
7813 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
7814 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
7815 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
7816 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
7817 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
7819 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
7821 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7822 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7823 source of the addend in the final link. */
7824 addend &= howto->src_mask;
7826 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
7827 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7828 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7829 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7830 but for endianness. */
7836 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
7838 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
7845 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7846 do two separate stores. */
7847 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7849 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7851 low_bits = sign_bits;
7857 high_bits = sign_bits;
7859 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
7860 contents + rel->r_offset);
7861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
7862 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7866 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
7867 input_bfd, input_section,
7872 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7876 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7877 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7878 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7880 if (rel + 1 < relend
7881 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
7882 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
7883 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
7885 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
7887 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7888 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
7889 input_section, info, rel,
7890 addend, howto, local_syms,
7891 local_sections, &value,
7892 &name, &require_jalx,
7893 use_saved_addend_p))
7895 case bfd_reloc_continue:
7896 /* There's nothing to do. */
7899 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
7900 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7901 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7902 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7903 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7906 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
7907 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7908 info->callbacks->warning
7909 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7912 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
7913 if (use_saved_addend_p)
7914 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7915 a given location. */
7919 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
7920 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
7921 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
7922 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
7935 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7936 until we reach the last one. */
7937 if (use_saved_addend_p)
7943 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
7944 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7945 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7946 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7947 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7948 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7949 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7950 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7956 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
7958 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
7965 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7966 do two separate stores. */
7967 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
7969 /* Undo what we did above. */
7971 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7973 low_bits = sign_bits;
7979 high_bits = sign_bits;
7981 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
7982 contents + rel->r_offset);
7983 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
7984 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7988 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7989 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
7990 input_bfd, input_section,
7991 contents, require_jalx))
7998 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7999 adjust it appropriately now. */
8002 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8003 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8005 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8006 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8007 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
8010 "__dso_displacement",
8012 "__program_header_table",
8016 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
8024 const char* const *p;
8027 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8028 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
8031 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
8033 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8035 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8036 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8038 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8040 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
8042 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8048 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8049 dynamic sections here. */
8052 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8053 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8054 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8055 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8059 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
8062 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8064 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8065 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8067 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
8070 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
8072 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8074 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8076 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
8077 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
8078 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8080 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8081 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
8083 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8084 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8086 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
8089 /* Fill the stub. */
8091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
8093 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
8095 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
8101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
8104 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8105 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8106 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
8107 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
8108 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
8109 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
8111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
8114 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
8115 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size);
8117 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8118 only for the referenced symbol. */
8119 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8121 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8122 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8123 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8124 sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
8128 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
8129 || h->forced_local);
8131 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8132 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
8133 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8134 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8135 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8137 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8138 the symbols that need them. */
8139 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
8140 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8145 value = sym->st_value;
8146 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
8147 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
8150 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
8152 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
8158 e.abfd = output_bfd;
8160 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
8163 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
8166 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
8171 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
8173 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
8174 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
8176 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8177 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8178 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8179 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8180 appropriate addend. */
8181 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
8183 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
8184 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
8185 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
8187 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
8188 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
8191 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8192 (output_bfd, info, rel,
8193 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
8197 entry = sym->st_value;
8198 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
8203 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8204 name = h->root.root.string;
8205 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8206 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
8207 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8208 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8209 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8211 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8212 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8215 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
8217 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8218 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8219 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
8221 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
8223 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
8224 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
8226 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8227 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8229 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8231 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
8233 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8234 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
8235 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
8236 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8238 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
8240 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
8241 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
8242 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
8243 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
8247 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8248 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
8249 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
8253 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8254 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
8255 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8257 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
8258 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8259 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
8261 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
8262 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
8264 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
8265 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8267 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8268 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
8269 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
8270 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
8272 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
8276 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8277 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
8278 sym->st_value &= ~1;
8283 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8286 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8287 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8288 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8289 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8293 struct mips_got_info *g;
8294 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8296 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8297 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8299 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8302 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
8303 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8304 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8306 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8307 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
8308 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
8310 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8311 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
8312 + htab->splt->output_offset
8315 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8316 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
8317 / htab->plt_entry_size);
8319 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8320 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8321 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8324 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8326 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
8328 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8329 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8330 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8332 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
8334 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
8336 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8337 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
8341 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
8342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
8343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
8347 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
8349 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
8350 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8351 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
8353 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
8354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
8355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
8356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
8357 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
8358 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
8359 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
8360 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
8362 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
8363 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8365 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8366 rel.r_offset = got_address;
8367 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
8368 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
8369 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8371 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8372 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8373 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
8374 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8375 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
8376 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8378 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8379 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8381 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8382 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8385 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8386 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8387 rel.r_offset = got_address;
8388 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
8390 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8392 if (!h->def_regular)
8393 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8396 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
8398 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8399 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
8400 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8401 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8402 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8404 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8405 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
8406 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
8409 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
8413 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8414 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
8415 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
8416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
8418 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8419 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8420 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8421 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
8422 + sgot->output_offset
8424 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
8425 outrel.r_addend = 0;
8426 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
8429 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8432 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8434 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8436 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
8437 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
8438 + h->root.u.def.value);
8439 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
8441 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
8442 htab->srelbss->contents
8443 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
8444 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
8445 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
8448 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8449 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
8450 sym->st_value &= ~1;
8455 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8456 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8459 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8461 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8463 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
8464 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8467 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8468 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
8470 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8471 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
8472 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
8473 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
8475 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8476 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
8478 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8479 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
8481 /* Install the PLT header. */
8482 loc = htab->splt->contents;
8483 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
8484 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
8485 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
8486 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
8487 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
8488 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
8490 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8491 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
8492 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
8493 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8496 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8498 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8499 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8501 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8502 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8503 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8505 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8506 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8507 in which symbols were output. */
8508 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
8510 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8513 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
8514 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8515 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8517 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8518 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
8519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8520 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8522 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8523 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
8524 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8525 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8529 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8532 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8535 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8537 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8539 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8540 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
8541 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
8542 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
8545 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8548 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8549 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8554 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
8555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8557 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8558 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8560 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
8562 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
8567 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
8568 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
8569 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
8570 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
8571 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8574 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8577 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
8579 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
8580 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
8582 for (b = sdyn->contents;
8583 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
8584 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
8586 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8590 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
8592 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8593 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
8595 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8601 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
8605 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8606 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
8610 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8612 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
8617 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8619 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8620 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8621 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
8622 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8623 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8627 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
8628 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8629 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
8633 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
8634 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
8638 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
8641 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
8649 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
8654 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
8659 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
8660 s = output_bfd->sections;
8661 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8662 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
8665 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
8666 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
8669 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
8670 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8671 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8672 referenced within the same object. */
8673 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
8676 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
8677 if (gg->global_gotsym)
8679 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
8682 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8683 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8684 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8686 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
8688 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
8689 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
8690 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8692 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
8695 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
8696 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
8699 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
8700 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
8703 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
8704 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
8705 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
8706 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
8710 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8711 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8713 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
8717 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8718 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
8722 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8723 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
8727 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
8728 dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
8729 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
8733 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8735 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
8737 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
8743 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8744 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8745 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
8746 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
8756 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
8757 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
8758 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
8762 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
8767 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8768 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
8769 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
8772 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0)
8774 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8776 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8777 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8778 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8779 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8780 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8781 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
8782 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
8784 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
8785 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8786 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
8788 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8792 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8793 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8794 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8795 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
8796 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
8797 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8800 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
8801 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8804 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8805 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
8807 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
8810 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
8811 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
8813 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
8815 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
8816 + g->next->tls_gotno;
8818 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
8819 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8820 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
8821 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
8826 while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
8828 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
8829 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8830 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8831 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
8832 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
8835 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
8840 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8841 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8844 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8847 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
8849 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
8851 for (b = sdyn->contents;
8852 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
8853 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
8855 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8858 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8859 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
8861 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8867 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8868 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8869 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8870 are trailing null entries. */
8871 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8872 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
8873 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
8874 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
8875 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
8884 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
8891 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
8893 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
8895 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8896 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
8900 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
8902 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
8903 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
8906 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
8907 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
8910 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8911 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
8912 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
8915 file_ptr dummy_offset;
8917 BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
8918 dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size;
8919 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
8920 htab->function_stub_size);
8925 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8926 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8927 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8928 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8929 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8931 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
8933 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
8935 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
8937 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
8938 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
8939 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
8940 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
8942 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
8943 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
8944 sort_dynamic_relocs);
8949 if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0)
8952 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
8954 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
8960 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8963 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
8967 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
8970 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
8971 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
8974 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
8975 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
8978 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
8979 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
8982 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
8983 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
8984 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
8985 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
8986 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
8989 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
8990 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
8993 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
8994 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
8997 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
8998 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
9001 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
9002 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
9005 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
9006 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
9009 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
9010 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
9013 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
9014 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
9017 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
9018 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
9021 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
9022 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
9023 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
9024 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
9025 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
9026 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
9029 case bfd_mach_mips5:
9030 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
9033 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
9034 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
9037 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
9038 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
9041 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
9042 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
9045 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
9046 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
9049 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
9050 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
9053 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
9054 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
9059 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9060 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9061 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9064 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
9065 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9068 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
9072 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9073 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9074 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9075 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
9076 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
9078 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9079 info for each special section. */
9080 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
9081 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
9084 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
9087 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
9088 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
9090 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9093 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
9094 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9095 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9096 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
9097 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
9098 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9099 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9100 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9103 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
9104 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9105 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9106 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
9107 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
9108 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9109 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9110 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9111 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9114 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
9115 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
9117 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9118 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
9120 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9123 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
9124 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
9125 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
9126 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9127 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
9128 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9129 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9132 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9133 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9135 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9137 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
9138 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
9145 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9149 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
9150 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9155 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9156 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
9157 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
9160 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9161 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
9162 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
9163 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
9166 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9167 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
9168 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
9169 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
9172 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
9173 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
9174 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
9175 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
9181 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9184 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
9185 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9188 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
9191 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9193 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
9194 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
9196 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
9197 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
9202 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9206 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
9210 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9211 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9213 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
9214 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
9222 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9223 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9224 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9227 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9228 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9229 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9231 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
9233 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
9234 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
9239 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
9241 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9243 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
9244 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
9247 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
9249 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
9250 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9251 options_segment->next = *pm;
9252 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
9253 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
9254 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
9255 options_segment->count = 1;
9256 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
9257 *pm = options_segment;
9263 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
9265 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9266 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9267 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
9268 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
9269 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
9271 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
9272 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
9277 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9281 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
9283 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
9288 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
9296 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9297 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
9298 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
9308 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9309 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9311 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
9313 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
9316 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
9318 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9319 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9320 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9321 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9322 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
9324 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
9325 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
9329 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
9331 static const char *sec_names[] =
9333 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9337 struct elf_segment_map *n;
9341 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
9343 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
9344 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
9351 if (high < s->vma + sz)
9357 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9358 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
9360 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
9363 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
9364 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9371 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9373 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
9375 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
9386 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
9387 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
9389 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
9390 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
9391 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
9392 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
9393 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
9395 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
9396 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
9397 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
9398 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
9399 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
9401 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
9402 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
9404 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
9405 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
9409 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
9413 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
9421 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9425 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
9426 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9427 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
9428 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9429 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9431 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9434 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
9436 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
9437 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
9441 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
9444 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9447 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9448 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9449 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9450 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9453 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9454 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
9455 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
9456 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
9457 unsigned long r_symndx;
9458 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9460 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
9461 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
9462 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
9464 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
9465 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
9466 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
9470 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
9471 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
9472 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
9473 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
9474 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
9475 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9476 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
9477 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9478 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9479 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9490 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9491 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9492 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9493 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9496 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9497 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
9498 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
9500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
9502 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
9504 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9507 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
9508 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
9509 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
9510 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
9511 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
9512 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
9513 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
9515 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
9516 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
9520 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9521 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
9522 bfd_boolean force_local)
9526 struct mips_got_info *g;
9527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9529 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
9530 if (h->forced_local)
9532 h->forced_local = force_local;
9534 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9535 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS
9536 && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL
9537 && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL)
9541 struct mips_got_entry e;
9542 struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
9544 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9545 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9546 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9547 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9548 the upper limit of global entries. */
9554 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
9555 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
9557 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
9562 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9563 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9564 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9565 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9566 if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
9568 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
9569 gg->assigned_gotno--;
9572 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
9573 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9574 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9577 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
9579 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9580 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9582 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
9588 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
9594 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
9595 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9598 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
9599 unsigned char *tdata;
9602 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
9607 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
9609 if (o->output_section != NULL
9610 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
9613 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
9617 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
9625 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
9626 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
9628 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
9630 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
9639 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
9640 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
9646 if (! info->keep_memory)
9647 free (cookie->rels);
9653 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
9655 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
9661 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
9664 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
9667 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
9670 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
9674 end = contents + sec->size;
9675 for (from = contents, i = 0;
9677 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
9679 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
9682 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
9685 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
9686 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
9690 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9691 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9693 struct mips_elf_find_line
9695 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
9696 struct ecoff_find_line i;
9700 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
9701 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
9702 const char **filename_ptr,
9703 const char **functionname_ptr,
9704 unsigned int *line_ptr)
9708 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9709 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9713 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9714 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9715 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
9716 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
9719 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
9723 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
9724 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
9725 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
9727 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9728 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9729 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9730 origflags = msec->flags;
9731 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
9732 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
9734 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
9737 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
9740 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
9741 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
9743 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9746 msec->flags = origflags;
9750 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
9752 msec->flags = origflags;
9756 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9757 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
9758 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
9759 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
9761 msec->flags = origflags;
9764 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
9765 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
9766 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
9767 fraw_end = (fraw_src
9768 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
9769 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
9770 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
9772 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
9774 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9775 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9776 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9777 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9778 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9779 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9782 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
9783 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9786 msec->flags = origflags;
9790 msec->flags = origflags;
9793 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9795 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
9796 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
9801 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
9802 const char **filename_ptr,
9803 const char **functionname_ptr,
9804 unsigned int *line_ptr)
9807 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
9808 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
9809 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
9814 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9815 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9816 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9819 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
9820 const void *location,
9821 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
9823 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
9827 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
9829 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
9830 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
9831 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
9834 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
9837 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
9840 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
9843 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
9846 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
9850 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9851 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9854 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9856 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
9857 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
9859 bfd_boolean relocatable,
9862 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9863 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
9864 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
9867 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
9868 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
9874 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
9875 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
9878 /* read in the section */
9879 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
9880 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
9883 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
9887 if (reloc_count < 0)
9890 if (reloc_count > 0)
9895 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9898 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
9899 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
9900 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9901 if (abfd && input_bfd
9902 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
9906 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
9907 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
9914 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
9915 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
9916 case bfd_link_hash_common:
9919 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
9920 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
9922 gp = lh->u.def.value;
9924 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
9925 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
9927 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9929 case bfd_link_hash_new:
9938 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
9940 char *error_message = NULL;
9941 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
9943 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9944 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9945 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
9947 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9948 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9949 to the generic handling. */
9951 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
9952 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
9953 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
9954 input_section, relocatable,
9957 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
9959 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
9964 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
9966 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9967 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
9971 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9975 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9976 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
9977 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
9978 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
9981 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
9982 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
9983 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
9984 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
9985 (*parent)->address)))
9988 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9989 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9991 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
9992 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
9993 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
9996 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10005 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
10006 free (reloc_vector);
10010 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
10011 free (reloc_vector);
10015 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
10017 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10018 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10020 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
10021 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
10023 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
10027 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
10028 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
10029 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)))
10036 /* We no longer use this. */
10037 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
10038 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
10040 ret->procedure_count = 0;
10041 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
10042 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
10043 ret->rld_value = 0;
10044 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
10045 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
10046 ret->srelbss = NULL;
10047 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
10048 ret->srelplt = NULL;
10049 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
10050 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
10052 ret->plt_header_size = 0;
10053 ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
10054 ret->function_stub_size = 0;
10056 return &ret->root.root;
10059 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10061 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10062 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10064 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10066 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10069 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10071 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
10072 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10077 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10078 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10079 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10082 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10085 struct bfd_link_order *p;
10086 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
10087 asection *rtproc_sec;
10088 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
10089 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
10090 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10091 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
10092 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
10093 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
10098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10100 static const char * const secname[] =
10102 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10103 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10105 static const int sc[] =
10107 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
10108 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
10111 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10112 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10113 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10115 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10116 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10120 struct mips_got_info *g;
10121 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
10123 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10124 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10125 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10126 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10127 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10130 dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info);
10131 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
10134 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10135 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10136 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
10137 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
10139 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
10140 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
10141 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
10142 <= g->global_gotno);
10145 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10146 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
10148 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
10150 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
10151 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
10152 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
10153 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
10154 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
10155 else if (htab->is_vxworks
10156 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
10157 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10158 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
10159 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
10160 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
10161 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
10163 else if (info->relocatable)
10165 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
10167 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10168 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
10170 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
10173 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10174 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
10178 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10179 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10180 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10184 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10186 reginfo_sec = NULL;
10188 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
10189 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
10190 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
10192 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
10194 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
10196 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10197 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10198 the information together. */
10199 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10201 asection *input_section;
10203 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
10206 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10208 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10213 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10214 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10216 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
10217 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
10220 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
10222 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
10223 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
10224 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
10225 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
10226 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
10228 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10229 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10230 finally written out. */
10232 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10233 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10234 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10237 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10238 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
10240 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10241 matters, but someday it might). */
10242 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10247 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
10249 struct extsym_info einfo;
10252 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10253 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10254 the information together. */
10255 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
10256 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10257 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
10258 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
10259 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
10260 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
10261 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
10262 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
10263 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
10264 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
10265 symhdr->issMax = 0;
10266 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
10267 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
10269 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
10271 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10272 debug_info structure. */
10274 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
10275 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
10276 debug.external_sym = NULL;
10277 debug.external_opt = NULL;
10278 debug.external_aux = NULL;
10280 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
10281 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
10282 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
10283 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
10285 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
10286 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
10290 esym.cobol_main = 0;
10294 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
10295 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
10296 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
10297 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
10299 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
10301 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
10302 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
10305 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
10306 last = s->vma + s->size;
10309 esym.asym.value = last;
10310 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
10311 secname[i], &esym))
10315 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10317 asection *input_section;
10319 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
10320 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
10324 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10326 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10331 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10332 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10334 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10335 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
10336 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
10338 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10339 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10340 want to deal with it. */
10344 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
10345 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
10347 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
10349 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10350 read in the debugging information and set up an
10351 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10352 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
10356 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10357 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
10358 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
10361 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10362 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10363 the linker global hash table and save the information
10364 for the output external symbols. */
10365 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
10366 eraw_end = (eraw_src
10367 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
10368 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
10370 eraw_src < eraw_end;
10371 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
10375 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10377 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
10378 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
10379 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
10380 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
10383 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
10384 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
10385 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
10386 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
10391 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
10392 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
10393 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
10399 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10400 free (input_debug.line);
10401 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
10402 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
10403 free (input_debug.external_sym);
10404 free (input_debug.external_opt);
10405 free (input_debug.external_aux);
10406 free (input_debug.ss);
10407 free (input_debug.ssext);
10408 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
10409 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
10410 free (input_debug.external_ext);
10412 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10413 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10414 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10417 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
10419 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10420 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10421 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
10423 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
10424 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
10426 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
10429 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
10430 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
10434 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
10440 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10443 einfo.debug = &debug;
10445 einfo.failed = FALSE;
10446 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
10447 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
10451 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10452 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
10454 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10455 matters, but someday it might). */
10456 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10461 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
10463 const char *subname;
10466 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
10469 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10470 information describing how the small data area would
10471 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10472 not used in executables files. */
10473 if (! info->relocatable)
10475 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10477 asection *input_section;
10479 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10481 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10486 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10488 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10489 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10490 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10493 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10494 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10495 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10497 /* Really remove the section. */
10498 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
10499 --abfd->section_count;
10504 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10505 uninitialized data. */
10506 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10507 gptab_data_sec = o;
10508 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10512 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10513 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10514 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
10515 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
10519 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10520 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10521 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10522 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10523 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10524 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10525 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
10527 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
10528 o->name = ".gptab.data";
10530 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
10531 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10532 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
10535 /* Set up the first entry. */
10537 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
10538 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
10541 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
10542 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
10544 /* Combine the input sections. */
10545 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
10547 asection *input_section;
10549 bfd_size_type size;
10550 unsigned long last;
10551 bfd_size_type gpentry;
10553 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
10555 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
10560 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
10561 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
10563 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10564 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10565 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10566 size = input_section->size;
10568 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10570 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
10572 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
10573 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
10579 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10580 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
10581 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
10587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
10589 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
10590 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
10593 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
10595 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
10596 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
10598 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
10604 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
10607 /* We need a new table entry. */
10608 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
10609 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
10610 if (new_tab == NULL)
10616 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
10617 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
10619 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10620 value, since that will be implied by this new
10623 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
10625 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
10627 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
10628 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
10632 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
10633 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
10638 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
10641 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10642 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10643 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
10646 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10648 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
10650 /* Swap out the table. */
10651 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10652 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
10653 if (ext_tab == NULL)
10659 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
10660 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
10663 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
10664 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
10666 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10667 matters, but someday it might). */
10668 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
10672 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10673 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
10676 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10678 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
10680 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
10682 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
10683 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
10687 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
10689 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
10690 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
10692 mdebug_sec->filepos))
10695 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
10698 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
10700 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
10701 gptab_data_sec->contents,
10702 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
10706 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
10708 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
10709 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
10710 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
10714 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
10716 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
10717 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
10719 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
10720 rtproc_sec->contents,
10721 0, rtproc_sec->size))
10729 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10731 struct mips_mach_extension {
10732 unsigned long extension, base;
10736 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10737 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10739 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
10740 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10741 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
10742 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
10744 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10745 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
10747 /* R10000 extensions. */
10748 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
10750 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10751 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10752 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10753 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10754 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10755 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
10756 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
10758 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10759 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10760 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10761 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10762 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10763 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
10765 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10766 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
10767 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
10769 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10770 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10771 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10772 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10773 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10774 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10775 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10776 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
10778 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10779 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
10781 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10782 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
10783 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
10785 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10786 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
10787 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
10791 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10794 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
10798 if (extension == base)
10801 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10802 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
10805 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10806 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
10809 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
10810 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
10812 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
10813 if (extension == base)
10821 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10824 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
10826 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
10827 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10828 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10829 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10830 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10831 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10832 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
10836 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10837 object file when linking. */
10840 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
10842 flagword old_flags;
10843 flagword new_flags;
10845 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
10848 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10849 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
10851 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10852 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10857 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10858 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10861 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
10863 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10864 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10869 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
10870 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
10871 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
10873 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
10875 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
10876 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
10877 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
10878 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
10880 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
10881 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
10882 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
10883 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
10885 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
10886 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
10893 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10895 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
10896 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
10898 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10899 doesn't seem to matter. */
10900 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
10901 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
10903 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10904 just be able to ignore this. */
10905 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
10906 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
10908 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10910 if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0
10911 && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
10912 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
10914 if (new_flags == old_flags)
10917 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10918 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10919 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10920 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
10922 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10923 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10924 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
10925 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
10927 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
10928 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
10929 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
10931 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
10935 if (null_input_bfd)
10940 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
10941 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
10943 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10944 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10949 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
10950 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
10951 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
10952 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
10954 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
10955 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
10957 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10958 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
10960 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10961 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10965 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
10967 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10968 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
10970 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10971 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10972 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10973 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
10974 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
10975 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
10976 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
10978 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10979 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10980 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
10981 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
10982 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
10983 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
10987 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
10989 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10991 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
10992 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
10997 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
10998 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
11000 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
11001 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
11002 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
11003 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
11004 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
11006 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
11007 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
11008 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
11009 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
11011 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11012 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11014 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
11015 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
11018 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
11019 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
11022 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11023 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
11025 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11027 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11028 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
11031 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11032 if (new_flags != old_flags)
11034 (*_bfd_error_handler)
11035 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11036 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
11037 (unsigned long) old_flags);
11043 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
11050 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11053 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
11055 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
11056 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
11058 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
11059 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
11064 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
11068 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
11070 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11071 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
11073 /* xgettext:c-format */
11074 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
11076 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
11077 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11078 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
11079 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11080 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
11081 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11082 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
11083 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11084 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
11085 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11086 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
11087 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11088 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
11089 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
11091 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
11093 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
11094 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
11095 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
11096 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
11097 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
11098 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
11099 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
11100 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
11101 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
11102 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
11103 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
11104 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
11105 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
11106 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
11107 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
11108 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11109 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
11110 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11112 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11114 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
11115 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
11117 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
11118 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
11120 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
11121 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11123 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11125 fputc ('\n', file);
11130 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
11132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11133 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
11135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11136 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
11137 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
11138 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11141 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11142 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11143 definiton of the symbol. */
11145 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11146 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
11147 bfd_boolean definition,
11148 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11150 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11152 unsigned char other;
11154 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
11155 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11156 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
11160 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
11161 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
11164 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11165 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11167 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
11169 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
11173 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11175 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
11176 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11177 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);